xref: /openbmc/linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h (revision 1c2dd16a)
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  *
15  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18  *
19  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26  *
27  */
28 
29 /*
30  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33  *
34  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38  * can actually be identified and removed.
39  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40  */
41 
42 #include <linux/types.h>
43 
44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45 
46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
53 
54 /**
55  * DOC: Station handling
56  *
57  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61  * to.
62  *
63  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64  * capabilities.
65  *
66  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72  *    time mark it authorized.
73  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76  *
77  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78  */
79 
80 /**
81  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82  *
83  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87  * for various reasons.
88  *
89  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95  * for doing that.
96  *
97  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100  *
101  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107  *
108  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112  *
113  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114  * below.
115  */
116 
117 /**
118  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119  *
120  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124  *
125  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127  * types there no concurrency is implied.
128  *
129  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136  *
137  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145  *
146  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147  * interfaces that a given device supports.
148  */
149 
150 /**
151  * DOC: packet coalesce support
152  *
153  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156  * and power consumption.
157  *
158  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161  * following events occur.
162  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166  *
167  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168  * rule.
169  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172  * Multiple such rules can be created.
173  */
174 
175 /**
176  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
177  *
178  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
179  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
180  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
181  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
182  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
183  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
184  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
185  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
186  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
187  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
188  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
189  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
190  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
191  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
192  *
193  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
194  * below additional parameters to userspace.
195  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
196  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
197  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
198  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
199  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
200  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
201  *
202  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
203  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
204  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
205  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
206  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
207  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
208  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
209  */
210 
211 /**
212  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
213  *
214  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
215  *
216  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
217  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
218  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
219  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
220  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
221  *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
222  *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
224  *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
225  *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
226  *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
227  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
228  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
229  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
230  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
231  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
232  *
233  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
234  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
235  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
236  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
238  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
239  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
240  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
241  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
242  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
243  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
244  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
245  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
246  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
247  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248  *
249  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
250  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
251  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
252  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
253  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
254  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
255  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
256  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
257  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
258  *
259  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
260  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
261  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
262  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
263  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
264  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
265  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
266  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
267  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
268  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
269  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
270  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
271  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
272  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
273  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
274  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
275  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
276  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
277  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
278  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
279  *
280  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
281  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
282  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
283  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
284  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
285  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
286  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
287  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
288  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
289  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
290  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
291  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
292  *	frame).
293  *
294  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
295  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
296  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
297  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
298  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
299  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
300  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
301  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
302  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
303  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
304  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
305  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
306  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
307  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
308  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
310  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
311  *
312  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
313  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
314  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
315  *	global regdomain will be returned.
316  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
317  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
318  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
319  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
320  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
321  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
322  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
323  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
324  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
325  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
326  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
327  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
328  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
329  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
330  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
331  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
332  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
333  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
334  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
335  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
336  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
337  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
338  *
339  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
340  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
343  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
344  *
345  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
346  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
347  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
348  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
349  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
350  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
351  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
352  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
353  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
354  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
355  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
356  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
357  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
358  *
359  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
360  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
361  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
362  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
363  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
364  *	be used.
365  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
366  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
367  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
368  *	partial scan results may be available
369  *
370  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
371  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
372  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
373  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
374  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
375  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
376  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
377  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
378  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
379  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
380  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
381  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
382  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
383  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
384  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
385  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
386  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
387  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
388  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
389  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
390  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
391  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
392  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
393  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
394  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
395  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
397  *	results available.
398  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
399  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
400  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
401  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
402  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
403  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
404  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
405  *
406  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
407  *      or noise level
408  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
409  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
410  *
411  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
412  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
413  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
414  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
415  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
416  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
417  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
418  *	ESS.
419  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
420  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
421  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
422  *	authentication.
423  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
424  *
425  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
426  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
427  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
428  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
429  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
430  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
431  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
432  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
433  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
434  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
435  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
436  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
437  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
438  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
439  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
440  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
441  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
442  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
443  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
444  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
445  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
446  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
447  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
448  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
449  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
450  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
451  *
452  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
453  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
454  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
455  *	authentication process.
456  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
457  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
458  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
459  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
460  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
461  *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
462  *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
463  *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
464  *	to be added to the frame.
465  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
466  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
467  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
468  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
469  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
470  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
471  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
472  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
473  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
474  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
475  *	pending authentication timed out).
476  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
477  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
478  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
479  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
480  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
481  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
482  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
483  *	included).
484  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
485  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
486  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
487  *	primitives).
488  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
489  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
490  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
491  *
492  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
493  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
494  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
495  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
496  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
497  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
498  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
499  *
500  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
501  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
502  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
503  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
504  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
505  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
506  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
507  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
508  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
509  *	determined by the network interface.
510  *
511  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
512  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
513  *	to the driver.
514  *
515  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
516  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
517  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
518  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
519  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
520  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
521  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
522  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
523  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
524  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
525  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
526  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
527  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
528  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
529  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
530  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
531  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
532  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
533  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
534  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
535  *	a different BSS is desired.
536  *	Background scan period can optionally be
537  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
538  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
539  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
540  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
541  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
542  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
543  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
544  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
545  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
546  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
547  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
548  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
549  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
550  *	sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
551  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
552  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
553  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
554  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
555  *
556  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
557  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
558  *
559  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
560  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
561  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
562  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
563  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
564  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
565  *	frequency for the operation.
566  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
567  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
568  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
569  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
570  *	radio).
571  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
572  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
573  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
574  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
575  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
576  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
577  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
578  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
579  *	uniquely identify the request.
580  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
581  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
582  *
583  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
584  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
585  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
586  *
587  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
588  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
589  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
590  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
591  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
592  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
593  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
594  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
595  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
596  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
597  *	backward compatibility
598  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
599  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
600  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
601  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
602  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
603  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
604  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
605  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
606  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
607  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
608  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
609  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
610  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
611  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
612  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
613  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
614  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
615  *	is used during CSA period.
616  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
617  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
618  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
619  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
620  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
621  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
622  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
623  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
624  *	the frame.
625  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
626  *	backward compatibility.
627  *
628  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
629  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
630  *
631  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
632  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
633  *	levels.
634  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
635  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
636  *	reached.
637  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
638  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
639  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
640  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
641  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
642  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
643  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
644  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
645  *	precedence when they are used.
646  *
647  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
648  *
649  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
650  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
651  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
652  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
653  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
654  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
655  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
656  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
657  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
658  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
659  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
660  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
661  *	command, the feature is disabled.
662  *
663  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
664  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
665  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
666  *	network is determined by the network interface.
667  *
668  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
669  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
670  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
671  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
672  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
673  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
674  *
675  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
676  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
677  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
678  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
679  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
680  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
681  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
682  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
683  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
684  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
685  *      depending on the authentication result.
686  *
687  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
688  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
689  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
690  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
691  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
692  *	more background information, see
693  *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
694  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
695  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
696  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
697  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
698  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
699  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
700  *
701  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
702  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
703  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
704  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
705  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
706  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
707  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
708  *
709  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
710  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
711  *
712  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
713  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
714  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
715  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
716  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
717  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
718  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
719  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
720  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
721  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
722  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
723  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
724  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
725  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
726  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
727  *
728  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
729  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
730  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
731  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
732  *	is received.
733  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
734  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
735  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
736  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
737  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
738  *
739  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
740  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
741  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
742  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
743  *
744  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
745  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
746  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
747  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
748  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
749  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
750  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
751  *
752  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
753  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
754  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
755  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
756  *
757  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
758  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
759  *
760  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
761  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
762  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
763  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
764  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
765  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
766  *
767  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
768  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
769  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
770  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
771  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
772  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
773  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
774  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
775  *
776  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
777  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
778  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
779  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
780  *	public action frame TX.
781  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
782  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
783  *
784  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
785  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
786  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
787  *	is used for this.
788  *
789  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
790  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
791  *
792  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
793  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
794  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
795  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
796  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
797  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
798  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
799  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
800  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
801  *
802  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
803  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
804  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
805  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
806  *	while operating on this channel.
807  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
808  *	event.
809  *
810  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
811  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
812  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
813  *
814  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
815  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
816  *
817  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
818  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
819  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
820  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
821  *
822  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
823  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
824  *	complete.
825  *
826  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
827  *	return back to normal.
828  *
829  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
830  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
831  *
832  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
833  *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
834  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
835  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
836  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
837  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
838  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
839  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
840  *	switch is complete.
841  *
842  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
843  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
844  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
845  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
846  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
847  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
848  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
849  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
850  *
851  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
852  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
853  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
854  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
855  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
856  *
857  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
858  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
859  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
860  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
861  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
862  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
863  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
864  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
865  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
866  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
867  *	fail even if the check was successful.
868  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
869  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
870  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
871  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
872  *
873  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
874  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
875  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
876  *
877  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
878  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
879  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
880  *	network is determined by the network interface.
881  *
882  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
883  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
884  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
885  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
886  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
887  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
888  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
889  *	AP.
890  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
891  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
892  *	when this command completes.
893  *
894  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
895  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
896  *	management.
897  *
898  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
899  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
900  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
901  *
902  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
903  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
904  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
905  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
906  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
907  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
908  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
909  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
910  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
911  *	added.
912  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
913  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
914  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
915  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
916  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
917  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
918  *	of the function upon success.
919  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
920  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
921  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
922  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
923  *	which just terminated.
924  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
925  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
926  *	the response to this command.
927  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
928  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
929  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
930  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
931  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
932  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
933  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
934  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
935  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
936  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
937  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
938  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
939  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
940  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
941  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
942  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
943  *
944  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
945  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
946  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
947  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
948  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
949  *
950  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
951  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
952  */
953 enum nl80211_commands {
954 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
955 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
956 
957 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
958 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
959 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
960 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
961 
962 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
963 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
964 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
965 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
966 
967 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
968 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
969 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
970 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
971 
972 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
973 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
974 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
975 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
976 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
977 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
978 
979 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
980 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
981 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
982 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
983 
984 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
985 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
986 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
987 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
988 
989 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
990 
991 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
992 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
993 
994 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
995 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
996 
997 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
998 
999 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1000 
1001 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1002 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1003 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1004 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1005 
1006 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1007 
1008 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1009 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1010 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1011 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1012 
1013 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1014 
1015 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1016 
1017 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1018 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1019 
1020 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1021 
1022 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1023 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1024 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1025 
1026 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1027 
1028 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1029 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1030 
1031 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1032 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1033 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1034 
1035 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1036 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1037 
1038 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1039 
1040 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1041 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1042 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1043 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1044 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1045 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1046 
1047 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1048 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1049 
1050 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1051 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1052 
1053 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1054 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1055 
1056 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1057 
1058 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1059 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1060 
1061 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1062 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1063 
1064 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1065 
1066 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1067 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1068 
1069 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1070 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1071 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1072 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1073 
1074 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1075 
1076 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1077 
1078 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1079 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1080 
1081 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1082 
1083 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1084 
1085 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1086 
1087 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1088 
1089 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1090 
1091 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1092 
1093 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1094 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1095 
1096 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1097 
1098 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1099 
1100 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1101 
1102 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1103 
1104 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1105 
1106 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1107 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1108 
1109 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1110 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1111 
1112 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1113 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1114 
1115 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1116 
1117 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1118 
1119 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1120 
1121 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1122 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1123 
1124 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1125 
1126 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1127 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1128 
1129 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1130 
1131 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1132 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1133 
1134 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1135 
1136 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1137 
1138 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1139 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1140 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1141 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1142 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1143 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1144 
1145 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1146 
1147 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1148 
1149 	/* add new commands above here */
1150 
1151 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1152 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1153 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1154 };
1155 
1156 /*
1157  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1158  * here
1159  */
1160 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1161 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1162 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1163 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1164 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1165 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1166 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1167 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1168 
1169 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1170 
1171 /* source-level API compatibility */
1172 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1173 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1174 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1175 
1176 /**
1177  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1178  *
1179  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1180  *
1181  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1182  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1183  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1184  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1185  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1186  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1187  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1188  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1189  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1190  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1191  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1192  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1193  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1194  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1195  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1196  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1197  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1198  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1199  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1200  *		this attribute)
1201  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1202  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1203  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1204  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1205  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1206  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1207  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1208  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1209  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1210  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1211  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1212  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1213  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1214  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1215  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1216  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1217  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1218  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1219  *
1220  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1221  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1222  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1223  *
1224  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1225  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1226  *
1227  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1228  *
1229  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1230  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1231  *	keys
1232  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1233  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1234  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1235  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1236  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1237  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1238  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1239  *	default management key
1240  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1241  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1242  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1243  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1244  *
1245  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1246  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1247  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1248  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1249  *
1250  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1251  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1252  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1253  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1254  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1255  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1256  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1257  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1258  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1259  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1260  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1261  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1262  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1263  *
1264  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1265  *	consisting of a nested array.
1266  *
1267  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1268  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1269  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1270  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1271  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1272  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1273  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1274  *
1275  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1276  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1277  *
1278  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1279  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1280  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1281  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1282  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1283  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1284  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1285  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1286  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1287  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1288  *	rules.
1289  *
1290  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1291  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1292  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1293  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1294  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1295  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1296  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1297  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1298  *
1299  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1300  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1301  *
1302  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1303  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1304  *	of the interface mode.
1305  *
1306  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1307  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1308  *
1309  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1310  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1311  *
1312  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1313  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1314  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1315  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1316  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1317  *	that can be added to a scan request
1318  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1319  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1320  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1321  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1322  *
1323  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1324  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1325  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1326  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1327  *
1328  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1329  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1330  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1331  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1332  *
1333  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1334  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1335  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1336  *
1337  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1338  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1339  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1340  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1341  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1342  *	represented as a u32
1343  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1344  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1345  *
1346  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1347  *	a u32
1348  *
1349  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1350  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1351  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1352  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1353  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1354  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1355  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1356  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1357  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1358  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1359  *
1360  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1361  *	cipher suites
1362  *
1363  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1364  *	for other networks on different channels
1365  *
1366  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1367  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1368  *
1369  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1370  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1371  *	this attribute can be used
1372  *	with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1373  *
1374  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1375  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1376  *
1377  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1378  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1379  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1380  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1381  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1382  *	default in station mode.
1383  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1384  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1385  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1386  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1387  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1388  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1389  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1390  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1391  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1392  *
1393  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1394  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1395  *
1396  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1397  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1398  *	a local disconnect request.
1399  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1400  *	event (u16)
1401  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1402  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1403  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1404  *
1405  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1406  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1407  *	(an array of u32).
1408  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1409  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1410  *	u32).
1411  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1412  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1413  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1414  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1415  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1416  *
1417  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1418  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1419  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1420  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1421  *
1422  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1423  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1424  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1425  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1426  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1427  *
1428  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1429  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1430  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1431  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1432  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1433  *
1434  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1435  *
1436  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1437  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1438  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1439  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1440  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1441  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1442  *	completely from scratch.
1443  *
1444  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1445  *
1446  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1447  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1448  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1449  *
1450  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1451  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1452  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1453  *
1454  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1455  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1456  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1457  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1458  *
1459  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1460  *
1461  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1462  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1463  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1464  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1465  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1466  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1467  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1468  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1469  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1470  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1471  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1472  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1473  *
1474  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1475  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1476  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1477  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1478  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1479  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1480  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1481  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1482  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1483  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1484  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1485  *
1486  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1487  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1488  *
1489  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1490  *
1491  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1492  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1493  *
1494  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1495  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1496  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1497  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1498  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1499  *
1500  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1501  *	connected to this BSS.
1502  *
1503  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1504  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1505  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1506  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1507  *      for non-automatic settings.
1508  *
1509  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1510  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1511  *
1512  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1513  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1514  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1515  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1516  *
1517  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1518  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1519  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1520  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1521  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1522  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1523  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1524  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1525  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1526  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1527  *
1528  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1529  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1530  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1531  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1532  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1533  *
1534  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1535  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1536  *
1537  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1538  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1539  *
1540  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1541  *
1542  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1543  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1544  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1545  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1546  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1547  *
1548  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1549  *
1550  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1551  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1552  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1553  *
1554  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1555  *	changed once the mesh is active.
1556  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1557  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1558  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1559  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1560  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1561  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1562  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1563  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1564  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1565  *
1566  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1567  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1568  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1569  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1570  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1571  *	triggers.
1572  *
1573  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1574  *	cycles, in msecs.
1575  *
1576  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1577  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1578  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1579  *	pass-thru filter rules.
1580  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1581  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1582  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1583  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1584  *	able to ignore them by itself.
1585  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1586  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1587  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1588  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1589  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1590  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1591  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1592  *	If ommited, no filtering is done.
1593  *
1594  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1595  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1596  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1597  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1598  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1599  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1600  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1601  *
1602  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1603  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1604  *
1605  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1606  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1607  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1608  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1609  *
1610  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1611  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1612  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1613  *
1614  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1615  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1616  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1617  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1618  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1619  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1620  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1621  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1622  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
1623  *
1624  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1625  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1626  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1627  *	as AP.
1628  *
1629  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1630  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1631  *
1632  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1633  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1634  *
1635  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1636  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1637  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1638  *	applications use this attribute.
1639  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1640  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1641  *
1642  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1643  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1644  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1645  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1646  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
1647  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1648  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1649  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1650  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
1651  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1652  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1653  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1654  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1655  *
1656  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1657  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1658  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1659  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1660  *
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1662  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1663  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1664  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1665  *
1666  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1667  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1668  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1669  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
1670  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1671  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1672  *
1673  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1674  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1675  *	to be filled by the FW.
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1677  *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1678  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1679  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1680  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1681  *      The values that may be configured are:
1682  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1683  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1684  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1685  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1686  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1687  *
1688  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1689  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1690  *    to one DFS region.
1691  *
1692  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1693  *      up to 16 TIDs.
1694  *
1695  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1696  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1697  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1698  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1699  *	capability to timeout the stations.
1700  *
1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1702  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1703  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1704  *
1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1706  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1707  *
1708  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1709  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1710  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1711  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1712  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1713  *
1714  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1715  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1716  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1717  *
1718  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1719  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1720  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1721  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1722  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1723  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1724  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1725  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1726  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1727  *	consistent.
1728  *
1729  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1730  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1731  *
1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1733  *
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1735  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1736  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1737  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1738  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1739  *	no change is made.
1740  *
1741  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1742  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1743  *
1744  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1745  *	carried in a u32 attribute
1746  *
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1748  *	MAC ACL.
1749  *
1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1751  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1752  *	ACL.
1753  *
1754  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1755  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1756  *
1757  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1758  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1759  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1760  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1761  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1762  *
1763  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1764  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1765  *
1766  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1767  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1768  *	and PU-APSD.
1769  *
1770  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1771  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1772  *
1773  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1774  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1775  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
1776  *
1777  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1778  *
1779  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1780  *	Element
1781  *
1782  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1783  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1785  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1786  *
1787  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1788  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1789  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1790  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1791  *
1792  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1793  *
1794  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1795  *	until the channel switch event.
1796  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1797  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1798  *	operation).
1799  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1800  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
1801  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1802  *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1803  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1804  *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1805  *
1806  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1807  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1808  *
1809  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1810  *
1811  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1812  *      supported operating classes.
1813  *
1814  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1815  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1816  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1817  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1818  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1819  *	IBSS network.
1820  *
1821  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1822  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1823  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1824  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1825  *
1826  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1827  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
1828  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1829  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1830  *	u8 attribute.
1831  *
1832  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1833  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1834  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1835  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1836  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1837  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1838  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
1839  *
1840  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1841  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1842  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1843  *
1844  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1845  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1846  *
1847  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1848  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1849  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1850  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1851  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1852  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1853  *
1854  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1855  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1856  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1857  *	supported number of csa counters.
1858  *
1859  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1860  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1861  *
1862  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1863  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1864  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1865  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1866  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1867  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
1868  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1869  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1870  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1871  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
1872  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1873  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1874  *	the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1875  *	and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1876  *	socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1877  *	notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
1878  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1879  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1880  *
1881  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1882  *	the TDLS link initiator.
1883  *
1884  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1885  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1886  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1887  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1888  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1889  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1890  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1891  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1892  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1893  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1894  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1895  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1896  *
1897  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1898  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1899  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1900  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1901  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
1902  *
1903  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1904  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1905  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1906  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
1907  *
1908  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1909  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1910  *
1911  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1912  *
1913  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1914  *
1915  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1916  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1917  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1918  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
1919  *
1920  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1921  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1922  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1923  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1924  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1925  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
1926  *
1927  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1928  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1929  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1930  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1931  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1932  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1933  *	over all channels.
1934  *
1935  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1936  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1937  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1938  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
1939 
1940  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1941  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
1942  *
1943  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1944  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1946  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1947  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1948  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1949  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1950  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1951  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1952  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1953  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1954  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
1955  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1956  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1957  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1958  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1959  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1960  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1961  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1962  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1963  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1964  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1965  *
1966  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1967  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1968  *
1969  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1970  *
1971  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1972  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1973  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1974  *	interface type.
1975  *
1976  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1977  *	groupID for monitor mode.
1978  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1979  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1980  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1981  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
1982  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1983  *	each group.
1984  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1985  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
1986  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1987  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1988  *	groupID data.
1989  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1990  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1991  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1992  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1993  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1994  *
1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1996  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1997  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1998  *	attribute must not be included).
1999  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2000  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2001  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2002  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2003  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2004  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2005  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2007  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2008  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2009  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2010  *
2011  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2012  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2013  *
2014  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2015  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2016  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2017  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2018  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2019  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2020  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2021  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2022  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2023  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2024  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2025  *	the device will decide what to use.
2026  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2027  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2028  *	attribute.
2029  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2030  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2031  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2032  *	protection.
2033  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2034  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2035  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2036  *
2037  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2038  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2039  *
2040  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2041  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2042  *
2043  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2044  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2045  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2046  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2047  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2048  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2049  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2050  *
2051  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2052  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2053  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2054  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2055  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2056  *
2057  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2058  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2059  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2060  *
2061  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2062  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2063  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2064  *
2065  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2066  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2067  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2068  *
2069  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2070  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2071  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2072  *
2073  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2074  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2075  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2076  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2077  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2078  *
2079  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2080  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2081  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2082  *
2083  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: PMK for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2084  *	This is used with @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2085  *
2086  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2087  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2088  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2089  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2090  *
2091  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2092  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2093  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2094  */
2095 enum nl80211_attrs {
2096 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2097 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2098 
2099 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2100 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2101 
2102 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2103 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2104 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2105 
2106 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2107 
2108 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2109 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2110 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2111 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2112 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2113 
2114 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2115 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2116 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2117 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2118 
2119 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2120 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2121 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2122 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2123 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2124 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2125 
2126 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2127 
2128 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2129 
2130 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2131 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2132 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2133 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2134 
2135 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2136 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2137 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2138 
2139 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2140 
2141 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2142 
2143 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2144 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2145 
2146 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2147 
2148 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2149 
2150 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2151 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2152 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2153 
2154 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2155 
2156 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2157 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2158 
2159 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2160 
2161 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2162 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2163 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2164 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2165 
2166 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2167 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2168 
2169 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2170 
2171 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2172 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2173 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2174 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2175 
2176 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2177 
2178 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2179 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2180 
2181 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2182 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2183 
2184 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2185 
2186 
2187 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2188 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2189 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2190 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2191 
2192 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2193 
2194 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2195 
2196 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2197 
2198 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2199 
2200 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2201 
2202 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2203 
2204 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2205 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2206 
2207 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2208 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2209 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2210 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2211 
2212 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2213 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2214 
2215 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2216 
2217 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2218 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2219 
2220 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2221 
2222 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2223 
2224 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2225 
2226 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2227 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2228 
2229 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2230 
2231 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2232 
2233 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2234 
2235 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2236 
2237 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2238 
2239 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2240 
2241 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2242 
2243 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2244 
2245 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2246 
2247 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2248 
2249 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2250 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2251 
2252 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2253 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2254 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2255 
2256 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2257 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2258 
2259 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2260 
2261 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2262 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2263 
2264 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2265 
2266 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2267 
2268 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2269 
2270 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2271 
2272 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2273 
2274 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2275 
2276 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2277 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2278 
2279 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2280 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2281 
2282 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2283 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2284 
2285 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2286 
2287 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2288 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2289 
2290 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2291 
2292 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2293 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2294 
2295 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2296 
2297 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2298 
2299 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2300 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2301 
2302 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2303 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2304 
2305 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2306 
2307 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2308 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2309 
2310 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2311 
2312 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2313 
2314 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2315 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2316 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2317 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2318 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2319 
2320 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2321 
2322 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2323 
2324 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2325 
2326 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2327 
2328 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2329 
2330 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2331 
2332 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2333 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2334 
2335 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2336 
2337 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2338 
2339 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2340 
2341 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2342 
2343 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2344 
2345 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2346 
2347 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2348 
2349 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2350 
2351 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2352 
2353 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2354 
2355 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2356 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2357 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2358 
2359 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2360 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2361 
2362 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2363 
2364 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2365 
2366 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2367 
2368 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2369 
2370 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2371 
2372 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2373 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2374 
2375 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2376 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2377 
2378 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2379 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2380 
2381 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2382 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2383 
2384 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2385 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2386 
2387 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2388 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2389 
2390 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2391 
2392 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2393 
2394 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2395 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2396 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2397 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2398 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2399 
2400 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2401 
2402 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2403 
2404 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2405 
2406 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2407 
2408 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2409 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2410 
2411 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2412 
2413 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2414 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2415 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2416 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2417 
2418 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2419 
2420 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2421 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2422 
2423 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2424 
2425 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2426 
2427 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2428 
2429 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2430 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2431 
2432 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2433 
2434 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2435 
2436 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2437 
2438 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2439 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2440 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2441 
2442 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2443 
2444 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2445 
2446 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2447 
2448 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2449 
2450 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2451 
2452 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2453 
2454 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2455 
2456 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2457 
2458 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2459 
2460 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2461 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2462 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2463 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2464 
2465 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2466 
2467 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2468 
2469 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2470 
2471 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2472 
2473 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2474 
2475 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2476 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2477 
2478 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2479 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2480 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2481 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2482 
2483 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2484 
2485 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2486 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2487 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2488 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2489 
2490 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2491 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2492 
2493 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2494 
2495 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2496 
2497 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2498 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2499 
2500 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2501 
2502 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2503 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2504 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2505 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2506 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2507 
2508 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2509 
2510 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2511 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2512 
2513 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2514 
2515 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2516 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2517 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2518 };
2519 
2520 /* source-level API compatibility */
2521 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2522 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2523 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2524 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2525 
2526 /*
2527  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2528  * here
2529  */
2530 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2531 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2532 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2533 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2534 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2535 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2536 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2537 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2538 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2539 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2540 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2541 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2542 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2543 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2544 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2545 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2546 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2547 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2548 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2549 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2550 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2551 
2552 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
2553 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
2554 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		64
2555 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
2556 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
2557 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
2558 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
2559 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
2560 
2561 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
2562 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
2563 
2564 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
2565 
2566 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2567 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
2568 
2569 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
2570 
2571 /**
2572  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2573  *
2574  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2575  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2576  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2577  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2578  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2579  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2580  *	AP type interface.
2581  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2582  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2583  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2584  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2585  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2586  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2587  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2588  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2589  *	commands to create and destroy one
2590  * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2591  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2592  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2593  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2594  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2595  *
2596  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2597  * to set the type of an interface.
2598  *
2599  */
2600 enum nl80211_iftype {
2601 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2602 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2603 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2604 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2605 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2606 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2607 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2608 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2609 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2610 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2611 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2612 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2613 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2614 
2615 	/* keep last */
2616 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2617 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2618 };
2619 
2620 /**
2621  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2622  *
2623  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2624  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2625  *
2626  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2627  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2628  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2629  *	with short barker preamble
2630  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2631  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2632  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2633  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2634  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2635  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2636  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2637  *	as errors.)
2638  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2639  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2640  *	previously added station into associated state
2641  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2642  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2643  */
2644 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2645 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2646 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2647 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2648 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2649 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2650 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2651 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2652 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2653 
2654 	/* keep last */
2655 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2656 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2657 };
2658 
2659 /**
2660  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2661  *
2662  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2663  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2664  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2665  */
2666 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2667 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2668 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2669 
2670 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2671 };
2672 
2673 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2674 
2675 /**
2676  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2677  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2678  * @set: which values to set them to
2679  *
2680  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2681  */
2682 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2683 	__u32 mask;
2684 	__u32 set;
2685 } __attribute__((packed));
2686 
2687 /**
2688  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2689  *
2690  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2691  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2692  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2693  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2694  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2695  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2696  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2697  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2698  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2699  *
2700  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2701  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2702  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2703  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2704  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2705  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2706  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2707  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2708  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2709  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2710  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2711  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2712  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2713  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2714  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2715  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
2716  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2717  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2718  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2719  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2720  */
2721 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2722 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2723 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2724 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2725 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2726 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2727 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2728 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2729 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2730 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2731 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2732 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2733 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2734 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2735 
2736 	/* keep last */
2737 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2738 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2739 };
2740 
2741 /**
2742  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2743  *
2744  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2745  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2746  *
2747  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2748  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2749  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
2750  *	(flag)
2751  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
2752  *	(flag)
2753  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2754  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2755  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2756  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2757  */
2758 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2759 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2760 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2761 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2762 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2763 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2764 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2765 
2766 	/* keep last */
2767 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2768 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2769 };
2770 
2771 /**
2772  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2773  *
2774  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2775  * when getting information about a station.
2776  *
2777  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2778  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2779  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2780  *	(u32, from this station)
2781  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2782  *	(u32, to this station)
2783  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2784  *	(u64, from this station)
2785  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2786  *	(u64, to this station)
2787  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2788  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2789  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2790  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2791  *	(u32, from this station)
2792  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2793  *	(u32, to this station)
2794  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2795  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2796  *	(u32, to this station)
2797  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2798  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2799  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2800  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2801  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2802  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2803  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2804  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2805  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2806  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2807  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2808  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2809  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2810  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2811  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2812  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2813  *	non-peer STA
2814  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2815  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2816  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2817  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2818  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2819  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2820  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2821  *	(u64)
2822  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2823  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2824  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2825  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2826  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2827  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2828  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2829  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
2830  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2831  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
2832  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2833  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2834  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2835  */
2836 enum nl80211_sta_info {
2837 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2838 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2839 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2840 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2841 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2842 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2843 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2844 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2845 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2846 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2847 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2848 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2849 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2850 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2851 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2852 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2853 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2854 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2855 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2856 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2857 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2858 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2859 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2860 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2861 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2862 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2863 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2864 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2865 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2866 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2867 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2868 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2869 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2870 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2871 
2872 	/* keep last */
2873 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2874 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2875 };
2876 
2877 /**
2878  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2879  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2880  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2881  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2882  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
2883  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2884  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2885  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2886  *	MSDUs (u64)
2887  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2888  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2889  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2890  */
2891 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2892 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2893 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2894 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2895 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2896 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2897 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2898 
2899 	/* keep last */
2900 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2901 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2902 };
2903 
2904 /**
2905  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2906  *
2907  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2908  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2909  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2910  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2911  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2912  */
2913 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2914 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
2915 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
2916 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
2917 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
2918 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
2919 };
2920 
2921 /**
2922  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2923  *
2924  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2925  * information about a mesh path.
2926  *
2927  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2928  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2929  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2930  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2931  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2932  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2933  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2934  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2935  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2936  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2937  *	currently defind
2938  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2939  */
2940 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2941 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2942 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2943 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2944 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2945 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2946 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2947 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2948 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2949 
2950 	/* keep last */
2951 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2952 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2953 };
2954 
2955 /**
2956  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2957  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2958  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2959  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
2960  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2961  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
2962  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2963  *	defined in 802.11n
2964  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2965  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2966  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2967  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2968  *	defined in 802.11ac
2969  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2970  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2971  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2972  */
2973 enum nl80211_band_attr {
2974 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2975 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2976 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2977 
2978 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2979 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2980 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2981 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2982 
2983 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2984 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2985 
2986 	/* keep last */
2987 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2988 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2989 };
2990 
2991 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2992 
2993 /**
2994  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2995  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2996  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2997  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2998  *	regulatory domain.
2999  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3000  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3001  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3002  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3003  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3004  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3005  *	(100 * dBm).
3006  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3007  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3008  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3009  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
3010  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3011  *	channel as the control channel
3012  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3013  *	channel as the control channel
3014  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3015  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3016  *	this includes 80+80 channels
3017  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3018  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3019  *	isn't possible
3020  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3021  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3022  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3023  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3024  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3025  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3026  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3027  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3028  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3029  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3030  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3031  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3032  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3033  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3034  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3035  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3036  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3037  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3038  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3039  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3040  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3041  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3042  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3043  *	currently defined
3044  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3045  *
3046  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3047  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3048  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3049  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3050  */
3051 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3052 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3053 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3054 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3055 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3056 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3057 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3058 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3059 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3060 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3061 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3062 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3063 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3064 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3065 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3066 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3067 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3068 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3069 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3070 
3071 	/* keep last */
3072 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3073 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3074 };
3075 
3076 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3077 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3078 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3079 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3080 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3081 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3082 
3083 /**
3084  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3085  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3086  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3087  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3088  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
3089  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3090  *	currently defined
3091  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3092  */
3093 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3094 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3095 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3096 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3097 
3098 	/* keep last */
3099 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3100 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3101 };
3102 
3103 /**
3104  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3105  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3106  * 	regulatory domain.
3107  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3108  * 	regulatory domain.
3109  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3110  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3111  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3112  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3113  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3114  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3115  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3116  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3117  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3118  */
3119 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3120 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3121 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3122 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3123 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3124 };
3125 
3126 /**
3127  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3128  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3129  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3130  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3131  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3132  * 	domain.
3133  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3134  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3135  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3136  * 	them to be applied.
3137  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3138  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3139  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3140  *	domain request to be processed.
3141  */
3142 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3143 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3144 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3145 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3146 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3147 };
3148 
3149 /**
3150  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3151  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3152  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3153  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3154  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3155  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3156  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3157  * 	band edge.
3158  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3159  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3160  * 	band edge.
3161  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3162  *	frequency range, in KHz.
3163  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3164  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3165  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
3166  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3167  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3168  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3169  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3170  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3171  *	currently defined
3172  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3173  */
3174 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3175 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3176 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3177 
3178 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3179 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3180 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3181 
3182 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3183 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3184 
3185 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3186 
3187 	/* keep last */
3188 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3189 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3190 };
3191 
3192 /**
3193  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3194  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3195  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3196  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
3197  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3198  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3199  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3200  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3201  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3202  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3203  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3204  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3205  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3206  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3207  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3208  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
3209  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3210  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3211  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3212  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3213  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3214  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
3215  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3216  *	attribute number currently defined
3217  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3218  */
3219 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3220 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3221 
3222 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3223 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3224 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3225 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3226 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3227 
3228 	/* keep last */
3229 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3230 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3231 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3232 };
3233 
3234 /* only for backward compatibility */
3235 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3236 
3237 /**
3238  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3239  *
3240  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3241  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3242  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3243  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3244  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3245  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3246  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3247  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3248  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3249  * 	beaconing.
3250  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3251  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3252  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3253  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3254  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3255  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3256  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3257  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3258  */
3259 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3260 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
3261 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
3262 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
3263 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
3264 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
3265 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
3266 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
3267 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
3268 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
3269 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
3270 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
3271 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
3272 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
3273 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
3274 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
3275 };
3276 
3277 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3278 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3279 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3280 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3281 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3282 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3283 
3284 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3285 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3286 
3287 /**
3288  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3289  *
3290  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3291  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3292  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3293  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3294  */
3295 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3296 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
3297 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
3298 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
3299 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
3300 };
3301 
3302 /**
3303  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3304  *
3305  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3306  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
3307  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3308  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3309  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3310  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3311  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3312  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3313  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
3314  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3315  *	supported feature.
3316  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3317  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3318  */
3319 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3320 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
3321 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3322 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3323 };
3324 
3325 /**
3326  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3327  *
3328  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3329  * when getting information about a survey.
3330  *
3331  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3332  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3333  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3334  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3335  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3336  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
3337  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3338  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3339  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3340  *	channel was sensed busy
3341  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3342  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
3343  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3344  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3345  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3346  *	(on this channel or globally)
3347  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3348  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3349  *	currently defined
3350  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3351  */
3352 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3353 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3354 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3355 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3356 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3357 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3358 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3359 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3360 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3361 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3362 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3363 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3364 
3365 	/* keep last */
3366 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3367 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3368 };
3369 
3370 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3371 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3372 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3373 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3374 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3375 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3376 
3377 /**
3378  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3379  *
3380  * Monitor configuration flags.
3381  *
3382  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3383  *
3384  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3385  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3386  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3387  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3388  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3389  *	overrides all other flags.
3390  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3391  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3392  *
3393  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3394  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3395  */
3396 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3397 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3398 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3399 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3400 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3401 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3402 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3403 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3404 
3405 	/* keep last */
3406 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3407 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3408 };
3409 
3410 /**
3411  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3412  *
3413  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3414  *	not known or has not been set yet.
3415  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3416  *	in Awake state all the time.
3417  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3418  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3419  *	neighbor's beacons.
3420  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3421  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3422  *	for neighbor's beacons.
3423  *
3424  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3425  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3426  */
3427 
3428 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3429 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3430 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3431 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3432 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3433 
3434 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3435 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3436 };
3437 
3438 /**
3439  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3440  *
3441  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3442  * active.
3443  *
3444  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3445  *
3446  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3447  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3448  *
3449  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3450  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3451  *
3452  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3453  *	millisecond units
3454  *
3455  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3456  *	on this mesh interface
3457  *
3458  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3459  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3460  *	mesh
3461  *
3462  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3463  *	point.
3464  *
3465  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3466  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3467  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3468  *	set.
3469  *
3470  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3471  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3472  *	target)
3473  *
3474  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3475  *	(in milliseconds)
3476  *
3477  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3478  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3479  *
3480  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3481  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3482  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3483  *
3484  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3485  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3486  *	reference element
3487  *
3488  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3489  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3490  *	mesh
3491  *
3492  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3493  *
3494  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3495  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
3496  *
3497  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3498  *	root announcements are transmitted.
3499  *
3500  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3501  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
3502  *	Announcement frames.
3503  *
3504  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3505  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3506  *	PERR element.
3507  *
3508  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3509  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3510  *
3511  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3512  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3513  *	a peer link.
3514  *
3515  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3516  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3517  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
3518  *
3519  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3520  *
3521  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3522  *
3523  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3524  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3525  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3526  *
3527  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3528  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3529  *
3530  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3531  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3532  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3533  *
3534  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3535  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3536  *
3537  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3538  *
3539  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3540  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3541  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3542  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3543  *
3544  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3545  */
3546 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3547 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3548 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3549 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3550 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3551 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3552 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3553 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3554 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3555 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3556 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3557 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3558 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3559 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3560 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3561 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3562 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3563 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3564 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3565 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3566 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3567 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3568 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3569 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3570 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3571 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3572 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3573 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3574 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3575 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3576 
3577 	/* keep last */
3578 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3579 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3580 };
3581 
3582 /**
3583  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3584  *
3585  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3586  * changed while the mesh is active.
3587  *
3588  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3589  *
3590  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3591  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3592  *	default HWMP.
3593  *
3594  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3595  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3596  *	metric.
3597  *
3598  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3599  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3600  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3601  *	metrics in use.
3602  *
3603  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3604  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3605  *
3606  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3607  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
3608  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3609  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3610  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3611  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3612  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3613  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3614  *	userspace daemon.
3615  *
3616  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3617  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3618  *	neighbor offset synchronization
3619  *
3620  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3621  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3622  *
3623  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3624  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3625  *	Default is no authentication method required.
3626  *
3627  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3628  *
3629  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3630  */
3631 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3632 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3633 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3634 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3635 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3636 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3637 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3638 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3639 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3640 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3641 
3642 	/* keep last */
3643 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3644 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3645 };
3646 
3647 /**
3648  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3649  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3650  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3651  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3652  *	disabled
3653  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3654  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3655  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3656  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3657  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3658  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3659  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3660  */
3661 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3662 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3663 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3664 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3665 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3666 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3667 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3668 
3669 	/* keep last */
3670 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3671 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3672 };
3673 
3674 enum nl80211_ac {
3675 	NL80211_AC_VO,
3676 	NL80211_AC_VI,
3677 	NL80211_AC_BE,
3678 	NL80211_AC_BK,
3679 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
3680 };
3681 
3682 /* backward compat */
3683 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3684 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
3685 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
3686 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
3687 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
3688 
3689 /**
3690  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3691  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3692  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3693  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3694  *	below the control channel
3695  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3696  *	above the control channel
3697  */
3698 enum nl80211_channel_type {
3699 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3700 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3701 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3702 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3703 };
3704 
3705 /**
3706  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3707  *
3708  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3709  * attribute.
3710  *
3711  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3712  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3713  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3714  *	attribute must be provided as well
3715  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3716  *	attribute must be provided as well
3717  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3718  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3719  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3720  *	attribute must be provided as well
3721  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3722  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3723  */
3724 enum nl80211_chan_width {
3725 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3726 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3727 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3728 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3729 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3730 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3731 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3732 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3733 };
3734 
3735 /**
3736  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3737  *
3738  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3739  *
3740  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3741  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3742  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3743  */
3744 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3745 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3746 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3747 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3748 };
3749 
3750 /**
3751  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3752  *
3753  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3754  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3755  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3756  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3757  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3758  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3759  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3760  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3761  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3762  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3763  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3764  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3765  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3766  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
3767  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3768  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3769  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3770  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3771  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3772  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3773  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3774  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3775  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3776  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3777  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3778  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3779  *	yet been received
3780  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3781  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3782  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3783  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3784  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3785  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3786  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3787  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3788  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3789  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3790  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3791  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3792  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3793  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3794  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3795  *	is set.
3796  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3797  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3798  */
3799 enum nl80211_bss {
3800 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3801 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3802 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3803 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3804 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3805 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3806 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3807 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3808 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3809 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3810 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3811 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3812 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3813 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3814 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3815 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3816 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3817 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3818 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3819 
3820 	/* keep last */
3821 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3822 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3823 };
3824 
3825 /**
3826  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3827  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3828  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3829  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3830  *	a given BSS.
3831  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3832  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3833  *
3834  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3835  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3836  */
3837 enum nl80211_bss_status {
3838 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3839 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3840 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3841 };
3842 
3843 /**
3844  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3845  *
3846  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3847  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3848  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3849  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3850  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3851  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3852  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3853  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
3854  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3855  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3856  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3857  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3858  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3859  */
3860 enum nl80211_auth_type {
3861 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3862 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3863 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3864 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3865 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3866 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3867 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3868 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
3869 
3870 	/* keep last */
3871 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3872 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3873 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3874 };
3875 
3876 /**
3877  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3878  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3879  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3880  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3881  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3882  */
3883 enum nl80211_key_type {
3884 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3885 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3886 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3887 
3888 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3889 };
3890 
3891 /**
3892  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3893  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3894  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3895  */
3896 enum nl80211_mfp {
3897 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
3898 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3899 };
3900 
3901 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3902 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3903 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3904 };
3905 
3906 /**
3907  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3908  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3909  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3910  *	unicast key
3911  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3912  *	multicast key
3913  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3914  */
3915 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3916 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3917 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3918 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3919 
3920 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3921 };
3922 
3923 /**
3924  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3925  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3926  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3927  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3928  *	keys
3929  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3930  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3931  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3932  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3933  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3934  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3935  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3936  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3937  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3938  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3939  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3940  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3941  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3942  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3943  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3944  */
3945 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3946 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3947 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3948 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3949 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3950 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3951 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3952 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3953 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3954 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3955 
3956 	/* keep last */
3957 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3958 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3959 };
3960 
3961 /**
3962  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3963  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3964  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3965  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3966  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3967  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
3968  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3969  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
3970  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3971  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
3972  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
3973  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3974  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3975  */
3976 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3977 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3978 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
3979 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3980 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
3981 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
3982 
3983 	/* keep last */
3984 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3985 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3986 };
3987 
3988 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3989 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
3990 
3991 /**
3992  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3993  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3994  */
3995 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3996 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3997 };
3998 
3999 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4000 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4001 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4002 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4003 };
4004 
4005 /**
4006  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4007  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4008  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4009  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4010  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4011  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4012  */
4013 enum nl80211_band {
4014 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4015 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4016 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4017 
4018 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4019 };
4020 
4021 /**
4022  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4023  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4024  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4025  */
4026 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4027 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4028 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4029 };
4030 
4031 /**
4032  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4033  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4034  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4035  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4036  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4037  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4038  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4039  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
4040  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4041  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4042  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4043  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4044  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4045  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4046  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4047  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4048  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4049  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4050  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4051  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4052  *	checked.
4053  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4054  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4055  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4056  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4057  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4058  *	loss event
4059  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4060  *	RSSI threshold event.
4061  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4062  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4063  */
4064 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4065 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4066 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4067 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4068 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4069 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4070 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4071 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4072 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4073 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4074 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4075 
4076 	/* keep last */
4077 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4078 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4079 };
4080 
4081 /**
4082  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4083  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4084  *      configured threshold
4085  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4086  *      configured threshold
4087  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4088  */
4089 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4090 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4091 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4092 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4093 };
4094 
4095 
4096 /**
4097  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4098  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4099  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4100  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4101  */
4102 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4103 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4104 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4105 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4106 };
4107 
4108 /**
4109  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4110  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4111  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4112  *	a zero bit are ignored
4113  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4114  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4115  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4116  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4117  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4118  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4119  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4120  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4121  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4122  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4123  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4124  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4125  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4126  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4127  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4128  */
4129 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4130 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4131 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4132 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4133 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4134 
4135 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4136 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4137 };
4138 
4139 /**
4140  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4141  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4142  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4143  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4144  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4145  *
4146  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4147  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4148  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4149  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4150  * by the kernel to userspace.
4151  */
4152 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4153 	__u32 max_patterns;
4154 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
4155 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
4156 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
4157 } __attribute__((packed));
4158 
4159 /* only for backward compatibility */
4160 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4161 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4162 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4163 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4164 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4165 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4166 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4167 
4168 /**
4169  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4170  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4171  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4172  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4173  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
4174  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4175  *	any others are even supported by the device.
4176  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4177  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4178  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4179  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4180  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4181  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4182  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4183  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4184  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4185  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4186  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4187  *
4188  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4189  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4190  *
4191  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4192  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4193  *	to the kernel when configuring.
4194  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4195  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4196  *	by the device (flag)
4197  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4198  *	done by the device) (flag)
4199  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4200  *	packet (flag)
4201  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4202  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4203  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4204  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4205  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4206  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4207  *	attribute contains the original length.
4208  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4209  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4210  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4211  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4212  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4213  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4214  *	contains the original length.
4215  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4216  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4217  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4218  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4219  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4220  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4221  *	the TCP connection.
4222  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4223  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4224  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4225  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4226  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4227  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4228  *	service
4229  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4230  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4231  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4232  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4233  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4234  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4235  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
4236  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4237  *	supported by the driver (u32).
4238  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4239  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
4240  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4241  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
4242  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
4243  *	occurred.
4244  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4245  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4246  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4247  *	these attributes must be present.  If
4248  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4249  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4250  *	channel.
4251  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4252  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4253  *
4254  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4255  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4256  */
4257 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4258 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4259 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4260 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4261 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4262 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4263 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4264 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4265 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4266 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4267 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4268 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4269 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4270 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4271 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4272 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4273 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4274 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4275 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4276 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4277 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4278 
4279 	/* keep last */
4280 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4281 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4282 };
4283 
4284 /**
4285  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4286  *
4287  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4288  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4289  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4290  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4291  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4292  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4293  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4294  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4295  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4296  *
4297  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4298  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4299  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4300  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4301  * also woken up.
4302  *
4303  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4304  * response packets might not go through correctly.
4305  */
4306 
4307 /**
4308  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4309  * @start: starting value
4310  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4311  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4312  *
4313  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4314  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4315  * in little endian.
4316  */
4317 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4318 	__u32 start, offset, len;
4319 };
4320 
4321 /**
4322  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4323  * @offset: offset of token in packet
4324  * @len: length of each token
4325  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4326  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4327  */
4328 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4329 	__u32 offset, len;
4330 	__u8 token_stream[];
4331 };
4332 
4333 /**
4334  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4335  * @min_len: minimum token length
4336  * @max_len: maximum token length
4337  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4338  */
4339 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4340 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4341 };
4342 
4343 /**
4344  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4345  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4346  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4347  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4348  *	(in network byte order)
4349  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4350  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4351  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4352  *	might require ARP querying.
4353  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4354  *	socket and port will be allocated
4355  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4356  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4357  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4358  *	of the data payload.
4359  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4360  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4361  *	advertising it is just a flag
4362  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4363  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4364  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4365  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4366  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
4367  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4368  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4369  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4370  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4371  *	but on the TCP payload only.
4372  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4373  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4374  */
4375 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4376 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4377 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4378 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4379 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4380 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4381 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4382 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4383 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4384 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4385 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4386 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4387 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4388 
4389 	/* keep last */
4390 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4391 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4392 };
4393 
4394 /**
4395  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4396  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4397  * @pat: packet pattern support information
4398  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4399  *
4400  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4401  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4402  */
4403 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4404 	__u32 max_rules;
4405 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4406 	__u32 max_delay;
4407 } __attribute__((packed));
4408 
4409 /**
4410  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4411  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4412  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4413  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4414  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4415  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4416  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4417  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4418  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4419  */
4420 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4421 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4422 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4423 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4424 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4425 
4426 	/* keep last */
4427 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4428 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4429 };
4430 
4431 /**
4432  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4433  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4434  *	in a rule are matched.
4435  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4436  *	in a rule are not matched.
4437  */
4438 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4439 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4440 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4441 };
4442 
4443 /**
4444  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4445  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4446  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4447  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4448  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4449  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4450  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4451  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4452  */
4453 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4454 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4455 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4456 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4457 
4458 	/* keep last */
4459 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4460 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4461 };
4462 
4463 /**
4464  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4465  *
4466  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4467  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4468  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4469  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4470  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4471  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4472  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4473  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4474  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4475  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4476  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4477  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4478  *	different channels may be used within this group.
4479  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4480  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4481  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4482  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4483  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4484  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4485  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4486  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4487  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4488  *
4489  * Examples:
4490  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4491  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4492  *
4493  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4494  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4495  *
4496  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4497  *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
4498  *
4499  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4500  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4501  *
4502  * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4503  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4504  * that any of these groups must match.
4505  *
4506  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4507  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4508  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4509  * interface type, the following group always exists:
4510  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4511  */
4512 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4513 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4514 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4515 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4516 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4517 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4518 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4519 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4520 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4521 
4522 	/* keep last */
4523 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4524 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4525 };
4526 
4527 
4528 /**
4529  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4530  *
4531  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4532  *	state of non existant mesh peer links
4533  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4534  *	this mesh peer
4535  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4536  *	from this mesh peer
4537  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4538  *	received from this mesh peer
4539  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4540  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4541  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4542  *	plink are discarded
4543  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4544  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4545  */
4546 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4547 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4548 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4549 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4550 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4551 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4552 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4553 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4554 
4555 	/* keep last */
4556 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4557 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4558 };
4559 
4560 /**
4561  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4562  *
4563  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4564  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4565  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4566  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4567  */
4568 enum plink_actions {
4569 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4570 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4571 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4572 
4573 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4574 };
4575 
4576 
4577 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
4578 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
4579 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
4580 
4581 /**
4582  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4583  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4584  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4585  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4586  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4587  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4588  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4589  */
4590 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4591 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4592 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4593 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4594 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4595 
4596 	/* keep last */
4597 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4598 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4599 };
4600 
4601 /**
4602  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4603  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4604  *	Beacon frames)
4605  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4606  *	in Beacon frames
4607  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4608  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4609  */
4610 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4611 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4612 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4613 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4614 };
4615 
4616 /**
4617  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4618  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4619  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4620  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4621  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4622  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4623  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4624  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4625  */
4626 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4627 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4628 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4629 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4630 
4631 	/* keep last */
4632 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4633 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4634 };
4635 
4636 /**
4637  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4638  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4639  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4640  *	priority)
4641  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4642  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4643  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4644  *	(internal)
4645  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4646  *	(internal)
4647  */
4648 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4649 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4650 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4651 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4652 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4653 
4654 	/* keep last */
4655 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4656 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4657 };
4658 
4659 /**
4660  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4661  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4662  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4663  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4664  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4665  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4666  */
4667 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4668 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4669 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4670 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4671 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4672 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4673 };
4674 
4675 /*
4676  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4677  * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4678  * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4679 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4680 };
4681  */
4682 
4683 /**
4684  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4685  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4686  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4687  *	socket option.
4688  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4689  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4690  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4691  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4692  *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4693  *	cellular base stations.
4694  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4695  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4696  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4697  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4698  *	mode
4699  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4700  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4701  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4702  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4703  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4704  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4705  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4706  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4707  *	setting
4708  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4709  *	powersave
4710  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4711  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4712  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4713  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4714  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4715  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4716  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4717  *	states using station flags.
4718  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4719  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4720  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4721  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4722  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4723  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4724  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4725  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4726  *	still generated by the driver.
4727  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4728  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4729  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4730  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4731  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4732  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4733  *	lifetime of a BSS.
4734  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4735  *	Set IE to probe requests.
4736  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4737  *	to probe requests.
4738  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4739  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
4740  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4741  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4742  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4743  *	Measurement Report action frame.
4744  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4745  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4746  *	to enable dynack.
4747  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4748  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4749  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4750  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4751  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4752  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4753  *	rts/cts handshake.
4754  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4755  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4756  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4757  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4758  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4759  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4760  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4761  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4762  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
4763  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4764  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4765  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4766  *	address mask/value will be used.
4767  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4768  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4769  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4770  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4771  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4772  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4773  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4774  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4775  */
4776 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4777 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
4778 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
4779 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
4780 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
4781 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
4782 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
4783 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
4784 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
4785 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
4786 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
4787 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
4788 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
4789 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
4790 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
4791 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
4792 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
4793 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
4794 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
4795 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
4796 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
4797 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
4798 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
4799 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
4800 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
4801 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
4802 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
4803 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
4804 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
4805 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
4806 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
4807 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
4808 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
4809 };
4810 
4811 /**
4812  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4813  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4814  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4815  *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4816  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4817  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4818  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4819  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4820  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4821  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
4822  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4823  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4824  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4825  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4826  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4827  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4828  *	(if available).
4829  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4830  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4831  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4832  *	(if available).
4833  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4834  *	channel dwell time.
4835  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4836  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4837  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4838  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4839  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4840  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4841  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4842  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4843  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4844  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4845  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4846  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4847  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4848  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4849  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4850  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4851  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4852  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4853  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4854  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
4855  *
4856  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4857  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4858  */
4859 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4860 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
4861 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4862 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4863 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4864 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4865 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4866 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4867 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4868 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4869 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4870 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4871 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4872 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4873 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4874 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
4875 
4876 	/* add new features before the definition below */
4877 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4878 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4879 };
4880 
4881 /**
4882  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4883  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4884  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4885  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4886  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4887  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4888  *	to the host.
4889  *
4890  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4891  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4892  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4893  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4894  */
4895 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4896 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
4897 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
4898 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
4899 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
4900 };
4901 
4902 /**
4903  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4904  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4905  *	handled by the AP is reached.
4906  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4907  */
4908 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4909 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4910 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4911 };
4912 
4913 /**
4914  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4915  *
4916  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4917  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4918  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4919  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4920  */
4921 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4922 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4923 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4924 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4925 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4926 };
4927 
4928 /**
4929  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
4930  *
4931  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4932  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4933  * requests.
4934  *
4935  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4936  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4937  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4938  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4939  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4940  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4941  *	when really needed
4942  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4943  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4944  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4945  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4946  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4947  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4948  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4949  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4950  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
4951  */
4952 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4953 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY			= 1<<0,
4954 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH				= 1<<1,
4955 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP				= 1<<2,
4956 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR			= 1<<3,
4957 };
4958 
4959 /**
4960  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4961  *
4962  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4963  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4964  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4965  *
4966  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4967  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4968  *	in ACL to authenticate.
4969  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4970  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4971  */
4972 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4973 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4974 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4975 };
4976 
4977 /**
4978  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4979  *
4980  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4981  *
4982  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4983  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4984  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4985  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4986  */
4987 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4988 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4989 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4990 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4991 
4992 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4993 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4994 };
4995 
4996 /**
4997  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4998  *
4999  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5000  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5001  *
5002  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5003  *	now unusable.
5004  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5005  *	the channel is now available.
5006  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5007  *	change to the channel status.
5008  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5009  *	over, channel becomes usable.
5010  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5011  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5012  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5013  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5014  */
5015 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5016 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5017 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5018 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5019 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5020 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5021 };
5022 
5023 /**
5024  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5025  *
5026  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5027  *
5028  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5029  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5030  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5031  *	is therefore marked as not available.
5032  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5033  */
5034 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5035 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5036 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5037 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5038 };
5039 
5040 /**
5041  * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5042  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5043  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5044  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5045  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5046  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5047  */
5048 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5049 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
5050 };
5051 
5052 /**
5053  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5054  *
5055  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5056  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5057  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5058  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5059  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5060  */
5061 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5062 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5063 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5064 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5065 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5066 	/* add other protocols before this one */
5067 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5068 };
5069 
5070 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5071 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
5072 
5073 /**
5074  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5075  *
5076  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5077  *
5078  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5079  */
5080 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5081 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5082 };
5083 
5084 /*
5085  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5086  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5087  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5088  */
5089 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
5090 
5091 /**
5092  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5093  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5094  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5095  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5096  *	added to this file when needed.
5097  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5098  */
5099 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5100 	__u32 vendor_id;
5101 	__u32 subcmd;
5102 };
5103 
5104 /**
5105  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5106  *
5107  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5108  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5109  *
5110  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5111  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5112  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5113  */
5114 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5115 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5116 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5117 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5118 };
5119 
5120 /**
5121  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5122  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5123  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5124  *	seconds (u32).
5125  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5126  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5127  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5128  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
5129  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5130  *	currently defined
5131  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5132  */
5133 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5134 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5135 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5136 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5137 
5138 	/* keep last */
5139 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5140 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5141 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5142 };
5143 
5144 /**
5145  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5146  *
5147  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5148  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5149  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5150  */
5151 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5152 	__u8 band;
5153 	__s8 delta;
5154 } __attribute__((packed));
5155 
5156 /**
5157  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5158  *
5159  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5160  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5161  *	is requested.
5162  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5163  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5164  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5165  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5166  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5167  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5168  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5169  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5170  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5171  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5172  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5173  *
5174  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5175  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5176  * which the driver shall use.
5177  */
5178 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5179 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5180 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5181 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5182 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5183 
5184 	/* keep last */
5185 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5186 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5187 };
5188 
5189 /**
5190  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5191  *
5192  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5193  *
5194  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5195  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5196  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5197  */
5198 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5199 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5200 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5201 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5202 
5203 	/* keep last */
5204 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5205 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5206 };
5207 
5208 /**
5209  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5210  *
5211  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5212  *
5213  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5214  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5215  */
5216 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5217 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5218 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5219 };
5220 
5221 /**
5222  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5223  *
5224  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5225  *
5226  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5227  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5228  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5229  */
5230 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5231 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5232 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5233 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5234 };
5235 
5236 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5237 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5238 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5239 
5240 /**
5241  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5242  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5243  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5244  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5245  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5246  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5247  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5248  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5249  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5250  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5251  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5252  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5253  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5254  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5255  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5256  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5257  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
5258  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5259  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5260  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5261  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5262  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5263  *	This is a flag.
5264  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5265  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5266  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5267  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5268  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5269  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5270  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5271  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5272  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5273  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5274  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5275  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5276  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5277  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5278  *
5279  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5280  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5281  */
5282 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5283 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5284 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5285 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5286 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5287 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5288 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5289 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5290 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5291 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5292 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5293 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5294 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5295 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5296 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5297 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5298 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5299 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5300 
5301 	/* keep last */
5302 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5303 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5304 };
5305 
5306 /**
5307  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5308  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5309  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5310  *	This is a flag.
5311  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5312  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5313  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5314  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5315  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5316  *	and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5317  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5318  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5319  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5320  */
5321 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5322 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5323 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5324 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5325 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5326 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5327 
5328 	/* keep last */
5329 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5330 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5331 };
5332 
5333 /**
5334  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5335  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5336  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5337  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
5338  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5339  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5340  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5341  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5342  *
5343  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5344  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5345  */
5346 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5347 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5348 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5349 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5350 
5351 	/* keep last */
5352 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5353 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5354 };
5355 
5356 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
5357